1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
591 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
593 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
597 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
598 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
601 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
608 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
611 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
614 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
622 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
624 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
625 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
628 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
629 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
631 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
635 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
636 else will have non_elf set. */
639 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 switch (h
->root
.type
)
645 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
646 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
649 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
651 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
652 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
653 may depend on this. */
654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
655 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
656 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
658 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
660 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
661 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
662 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
666 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
667 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
668 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
671 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
672 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
673 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
680 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
681 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
682 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
683 force the correct value. */
687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
689 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
690 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
691 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
693 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
694 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
696 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
703 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
704 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
705 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
706 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
709 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
711 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
713 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
714 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
719 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
720 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
724 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
727 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
728 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
729 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
734 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
735 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
743 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
744 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
745 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
748 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
753 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
754 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
755 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
758 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
759 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
761 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
764 /* See if the entry exists already. */
765 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
766 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
769 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
770 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
774 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
775 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
776 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
778 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
782 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
783 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
787 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
788 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
790 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
791 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
792 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
797 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
798 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
799 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
801 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
804 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
805 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
810 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
811 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
813 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
815 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
817 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
818 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
819 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
820 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
823 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
825 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
827 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
832 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
835 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
839 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
841 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
842 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
847 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
848 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
849 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
852 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
855 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
860 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
861 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
867 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
868 STB_LOCAL binding. */
871 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
874 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
876 if (!h
->forced_local
)
879 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
880 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
885 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
886 omitted when creating a shared library. */
888 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
889 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
892 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
895 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
899 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
900 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
902 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
903 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
906 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
907 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
909 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
910 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
911 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
913 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
914 against any other section. */
921 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
922 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
923 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
924 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
929 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
930 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
931 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
932 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
933 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
934 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
935 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
936 that are stripped.) */
939 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
940 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
941 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
943 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
944 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
946 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
947 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
949 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
951 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
952 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
953 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
954 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
955 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
959 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
962 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
965 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
967 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
968 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
971 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
973 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
974 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
975 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
977 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
979 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
980 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
983 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
984 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
985 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
989 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
993 /* Merge st_other field. */
996 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
997 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
998 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1000 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1002 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1003 code might be needed here. */
1004 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1005 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1010 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1011 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1013 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1014 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1015 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1016 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1019 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1020 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1021 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1024 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1025 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1026 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1027 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1028 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1029 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1030 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1031 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1032 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1033 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1034 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1035 type or size does change. */
1038 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1039 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1041 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1046 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1047 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1049 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1050 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1051 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1052 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1054 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1055 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1060 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1061 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1064 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1070 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1072 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1073 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1075 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1076 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1081 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1083 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1084 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1086 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1087 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1090 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1092 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1093 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1095 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1098 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1102 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1107 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1108 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1110 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1111 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1112 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1116 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1120 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1121 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1122 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1123 the same symbol version. */
1124 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1125 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1126 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1127 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1132 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1136 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1137 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1142 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1143 have the same symbol version. */
1144 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1145 || (old_version
!= NULL
1146 && new_version
!= NULL
1147 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1152 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1157 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1162 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1163 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1164 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1167 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1168 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1169 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1170 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1173 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1174 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1175 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1177 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1180 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1183 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1184 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1185 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1186 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1188 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1190 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1191 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1193 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1195 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1196 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1198 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1200 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1201 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1202 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1203 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1204 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1205 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1206 reference to the executable symbol. */
1209 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1211 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1213 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1214 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1219 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1222 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1226 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1227 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1228 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1230 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1236 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1237 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1238 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1239 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1240 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1241 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1243 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1244 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1245 || !h
->def_regular
))
1250 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1251 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1253 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1254 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1255 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1258 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1259 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1261 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1262 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1264 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1265 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1268 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1269 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1271 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1273 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1274 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1275 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1277 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1278 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1280 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1281 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1283 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1284 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1286 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1287 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1288 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1289 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1290 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1291 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1293 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1294 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1295 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1296 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1297 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1305 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1306 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1313 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1314 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1318 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1320 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1321 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1325 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1326 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1332 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1333 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1334 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1336 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1337 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1338 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1339 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1342 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1343 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1345 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1366 /* xgettext:c-format */
1367 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1368 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1369 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1370 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1372 /* xgettext:c-format */
1373 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1374 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1375 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1378 /* xgettext:c-format */
1379 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1380 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1381 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1384 /* xgettext:c-format */
1385 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1386 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1387 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1393 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1394 definition from a dynamic object. */
1396 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1397 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1400 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1402 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1403 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1404 recorded as dynamic.
1406 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1407 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1408 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1413 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1416 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1417 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1418 object, we remove the old definition. */
1419 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1421 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1422 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1423 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1424 was referenced before. */
1427 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1428 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1429 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1431 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1432 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1434 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1435 any dynamic link state. */
1436 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1437 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1444 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1454 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1455 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1456 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1457 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1458 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1459 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1460 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1461 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1463 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1464 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1468 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1469 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1472 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1474 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1475 any dynamic link state. */
1476 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1477 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1483 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1489 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1490 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1491 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1492 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1493 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1494 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1495 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1497 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1498 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1499 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1500 DEFINED script function.
1502 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1503 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1505 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1507 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1510 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1511 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1512 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1514 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1515 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1516 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1521 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1522 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1524 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1525 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1528 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1529 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1531 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1532 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1533 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1534 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1535 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1536 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1537 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1538 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1539 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1540 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1541 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1544 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1545 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1547 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1548 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1549 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1550 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1551 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1557 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1558 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1561 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1563 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1567 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1569 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1573 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1575 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1577 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1578 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1579 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1581 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1586 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1587 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1588 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1589 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1591 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1592 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1594 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1595 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1596 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1601 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1602 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1607 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1609 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1610 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1611 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1612 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1613 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1615 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1616 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1617 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1618 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1620 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1623 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1624 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1625 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1626 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1627 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1628 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1630 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1631 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1632 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1633 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1634 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1635 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1640 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1641 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1645 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1647 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1648 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1650 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1651 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1652 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1653 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1654 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1656 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1657 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1660 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1661 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1662 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1663 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1667 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1671 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1672 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1673 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1674 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1677 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1678 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1680 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1681 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1682 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1683 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1689 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1690 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1692 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1693 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1694 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1698 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1703 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1704 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1705 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1706 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1707 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1709 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1710 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1711 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1716 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1717 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1722 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1723 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1726 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1727 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1728 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1731 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1733 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1734 overriding a function. */
1736 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1740 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1741 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1744 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1746 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1749 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1752 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1753 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1754 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1755 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1758 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1759 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1760 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1761 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1762 in the shared library. */
1765 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1768 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1769 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1770 or the alignment. */
1771 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1772 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1774 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1775 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1777 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1780 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1781 in the dynamic object. */
1782 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1783 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1786 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1788 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1789 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1791 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1792 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1794 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1797 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1802 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1803 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1804 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1805 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1806 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1807 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1808 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1809 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1813 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1820 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1821 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1822 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1823 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1826 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1830 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1834 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1836 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1837 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1840 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1841 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1842 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1843 bfd_boolean collect
;
1844 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1845 bfd_boolean override
;
1847 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1849 bfd_boolean matched
;
1851 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1854 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1855 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1856 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1857 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1858 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1859 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1863 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1868 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1870 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1874 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1879 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1885 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1886 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1887 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1889 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1890 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1891 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1893 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1894 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1896 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1897 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1898 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1899 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1900 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1901 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1904 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1905 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1906 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1912 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1914 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1915 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1916 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1917 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1918 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1919 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1924 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1925 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1926 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1928 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1932 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1933 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1939 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1940 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1943 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1944 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1945 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1946 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1948 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1953 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1954 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1955 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1956 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1957 name, and it is the default version.
1959 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1960 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1961 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1963 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1964 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1965 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1966 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1967 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1968 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1969 definition in the regular object. */
1971 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1972 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1973 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1975 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1976 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1980 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1984 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1989 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1990 other fields correctly. */
1994 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1995 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1996 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1998 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1999 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2000 the user in that case. */
2002 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2004 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2006 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2007 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2009 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2010 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2011 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2012 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2013 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2015 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2021 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2028 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2034 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2038 len
= strlen (name
);
2039 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2040 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2042 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2043 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2045 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2046 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2047 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2049 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2050 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2051 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2059 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2060 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2061 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2062 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2063 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2065 /* xgettext:c-format */
2066 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2072 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2073 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2074 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2076 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2078 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2079 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2080 to the user in that case. */
2082 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2084 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2085 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2086 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2088 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2094 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2100 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2110 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2111 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2114 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2116 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2118 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2119 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2122 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2123 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2126 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2127 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2128 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2129 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2131 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2141 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2142 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2143 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2144 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2147 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2150 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2151 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2152 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2155 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2160 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2161 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2162 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2165 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2166 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2170 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2173 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2174 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2180 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2185 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2188 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2192 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2193 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2194 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2198 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2201 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2205 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2206 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2207 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2209 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2211 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2212 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2214 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2217 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2224 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2225 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2228 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2229 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2230 const char *version_p
,
2231 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2234 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2236 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2237 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2239 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2243 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2245 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2246 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2249 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2250 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2251 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2252 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2254 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2258 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2259 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2261 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2263 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2265 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2268 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2282 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2285 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2289 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2290 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2291 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2293 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2294 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2297 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2298 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2300 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2303 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2307 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2311 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2316 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2318 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2321 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2322 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2323 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2325 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2333 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2334 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2335 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2336 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2339 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2341 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2342 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2344 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2348 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2351 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2354 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2357 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2361 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2363 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2367 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2368 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2369 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2371 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2374 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2377 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2381 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2383 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2388 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2390 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2391 version node for this version. */
2392 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2394 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2397 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2398 to worry about it. */
2399 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2402 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2406 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2411 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2415 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2416 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2417 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2419 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2423 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2427 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2431 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2432 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2434 /* xgettext:c-format */
2435 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2436 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2437 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2438 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2443 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2446 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2447 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2450 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2451 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2452 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2453 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2459 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2460 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2461 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2462 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2463 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2464 relocations should be stored.
2466 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2469 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2472 void *external_relocs
,
2473 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2475 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2476 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2477 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2478 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2479 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2480 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2483 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2484 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2487 /* Read the relocations. */
2488 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2491 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2492 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2494 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2496 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2497 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2498 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2499 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2500 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2507 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2508 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2509 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2510 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2514 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2515 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2516 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2520 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2523 /* xgettext:c-format */
2524 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2525 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2526 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2527 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2528 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2532 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2535 /* xgettext:c-format */
2536 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2537 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2538 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2539 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2540 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2544 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2545 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2551 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2552 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2553 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2554 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2555 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2556 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2557 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2558 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2559 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2562 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2564 void *external_relocs
,
2565 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2566 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2568 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2569 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2570 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2571 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2572 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2574 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2575 return esdo
->relocs
;
2577 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2580 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2584 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2586 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2588 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2589 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2593 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2595 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2598 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2600 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2602 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2605 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2608 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2611 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2615 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2616 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2617 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2618 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2622 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2624 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2627 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2629 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2634 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2635 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2637 return internal_relocs
;
2645 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2652 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2653 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2656 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2657 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2659 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2661 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2662 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2664 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2665 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2666 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2667 we zero the allocated space. */
2668 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2669 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2672 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2676 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2677 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2681 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2687 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2688 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2692 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2693 asection
*input_section
,
2694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2695 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2699 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2702 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2703 asection
*output_section
;
2704 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2705 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2706 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2708 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2710 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2711 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2712 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2714 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2715 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2717 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2718 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2720 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2721 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2726 /* xgettext:c-format */
2727 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2728 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2733 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2734 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2735 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2736 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2737 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2738 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2740 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2741 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2742 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2745 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2747 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2752 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2755 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2758 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2760 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2761 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2766 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2767 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2768 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2769 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2770 the face of future changes. */
2773 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2774 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2778 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2779 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2780 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2781 an ELF dynamic object. */
2784 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2785 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2787 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2788 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2791 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2795 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2796 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2797 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2800 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2806 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2810 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2819 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2820 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2821 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2822 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2823 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2824 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2825 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2826 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2828 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2829 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2830 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2831 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2832 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2836 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2837 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2838 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2839 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2842 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2843 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2844 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2845 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2846 flag will not have been set. */
2847 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2851 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2854 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2855 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2856 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2858 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2859 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2860 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2861 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2862 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2864 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2865 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2867 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2868 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2869 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2873 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2875 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2876 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2877 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2878 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2879 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2880 will force it local. */
2881 else if (h
->needs_plt
2882 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2883 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2884 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2885 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2888 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2890 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2891 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2892 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2895 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2896 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2897 over to the real definition. */
2898 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2902 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2903 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2904 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2905 if (def
->def_regular
)
2908 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2909 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2913 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2914 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2915 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2917 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2918 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
2919 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2926 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2927 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2931 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2933 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2934 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2935 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2937 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2940 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2941 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2944 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2945 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2948 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2949 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2951 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2953 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2954 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2955 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2957 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2958 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2959 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2961 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2969 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2970 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2971 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2972 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2973 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2974 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2975 referenced by another one? */
2977 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2981 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
2983 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2987 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2988 can happen via a recursive call. */
2989 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2992 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2993 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2994 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2995 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2996 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2998 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2999 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3000 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3001 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3003 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3004 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3005 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3006 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3007 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3008 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3009 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3012 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3013 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3014 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3015 extern int timezone;
3017 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3018 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3019 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3020 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3021 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3022 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3023 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3024 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3026 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3028 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3030 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3031 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3032 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3034 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3035 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3036 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3040 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3041 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3042 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3043 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3044 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3046 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3049 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3050 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3052 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3061 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3065 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3066 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3069 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3071 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3073 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3074 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3075 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3076 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3077 for the minimum alignment. */
3078 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3079 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3080 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3086 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3089 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3090 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3095 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3096 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3098 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3099 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3100 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3102 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3103 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3105 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3106 if (h
->protected_def
3107 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3108 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3109 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3110 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3111 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3112 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3117 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3118 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3121 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3125 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3126 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3127 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3128 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3130 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3132 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3133 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3134 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3135 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3136 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3142 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3143 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3144 considered to bind dynamically. */
3147 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3148 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3149 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3151 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3152 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3153 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3158 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3159 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3160 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3162 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3163 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3165 if (h
->forced_local
)
3168 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3169 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3170 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3171 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3173 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3180 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3181 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3184 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3186 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3187 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3188 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3189 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3190 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3197 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3198 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3201 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3202 us that it remains local. */
3203 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3206 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3207 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3208 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3209 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3210 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3211 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3212 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3214 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3215 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3216 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3217 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3220 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3221 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3222 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3224 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3225 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3227 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3231 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3232 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3236 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3237 if (h
->forced_local
)
3240 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3241 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3242 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3244 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3245 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3246 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3249 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3250 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3253 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3254 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3255 shared libraries. */
3256 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3259 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3260 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3261 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3264 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3265 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3268 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3270 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3271 symbols are local. */
3272 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3273 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3274 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3275 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3278 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3279 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3280 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3281 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3282 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3283 return local_protected
;
3286 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3287 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3289 struct bfd_section
*
3290 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3292 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3293 unsigned int align
= 0;
3295 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3296 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3300 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3301 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3302 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3304 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3306 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3307 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3309 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3314 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3316 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3317 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3321 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3322 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3323 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3326 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3327 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3328 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3331 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3332 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3335 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3336 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3337 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3340 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3341 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3342 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3343 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3345 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3347 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3348 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3349 in the same way that it used to do. */
3355 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3356 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3357 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3359 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3361 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3365 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3370 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3374 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3377 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3378 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3379 get the correct symbol table. */
3380 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3381 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3382 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3383 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3387 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3389 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3390 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3392 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3393 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3395 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3397 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3399 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3400 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3401 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3403 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3408 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3409 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3412 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3415 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3416 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3418 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3421 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3423 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3427 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3432 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3434 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3444 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3447 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3451 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3452 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3454 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3455 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3456 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3458 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3459 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3462 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3463 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3465 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3466 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3467 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3469 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3470 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3471 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3475 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3476 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3479 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3484 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3485 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3486 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3489 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3490 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3497 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3500 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3501 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3502 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3505 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3511 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3512 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3514 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3515 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3516 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3518 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3520 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3521 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3522 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3524 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3532 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3535 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3539 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3540 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3545 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3546 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3550 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3551 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3552 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3554 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3555 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3556 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3557 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3558 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3559 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3560 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3561 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3562 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3563 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3564 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3570 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3572 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3574 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3575 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3576 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3578 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3579 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3580 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3582 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3585 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3587 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3589 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3590 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3593 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3594 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3597 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3599 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3601 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3602 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3606 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3610 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3612 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3613 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3614 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3615 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3618 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3621 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3622 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3624 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3625 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3626 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3628 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3629 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3630 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3631 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3633 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3635 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3639 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3649 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3654 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3657 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3658 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3659 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3660 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3662 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3663 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3665 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3666 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3671 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3672 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3674 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3678 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3680 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3681 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3683 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3685 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3686 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3687 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3689 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3690 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3691 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3694 while (def
.vd_next
);
3697 /* Adjust version references. */
3698 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3703 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3704 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3706 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3710 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3712 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3713 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3714 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3715 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3716 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3718 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3719 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3720 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3722 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3724 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3725 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3728 while (need
.vn_next
);
3734 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3735 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3739 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3740 const bfd_target
*output
)
3742 return input
== output
;
3745 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3746 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3747 are virtually identical. */
3750 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3751 const bfd_target
*output
)
3753 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3755 if (input
== output
)
3758 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3759 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3761 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3764 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3765 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3768 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3769 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3770 processing the lib. */
3773 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3775 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3777 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3780 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3783 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3785 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3786 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3788 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3789 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3792 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3793 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3794 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3795 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3796 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3797 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3798 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3799 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3800 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3801 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3803 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3804 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3805 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3806 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3807 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3808 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3809 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3813 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3815 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3818 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3819 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3820 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3821 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3822 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3823 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3824 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3827 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3829 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3832 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3834 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3835 free (internal_relocs
);
3845 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3848 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3850 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3851 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3855 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3856 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3857 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3858 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3859 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3860 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3861 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3862 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3864 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3866 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3867 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3869 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3870 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3871 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3872 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3873 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3875 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3877 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3880 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3882 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3883 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3885 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3891 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3892 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3893 the format of the output file. */
3894 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3895 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3896 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3898 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3899 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3901 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3906 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3907 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3908 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3909 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3910 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3911 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3912 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3914 /* xgettext:c-format */
3915 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3916 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3918 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3919 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3920 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3921 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3922 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3923 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3927 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3928 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3933 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3935 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3936 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3937 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3938 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3939 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3940 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3941 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3942 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3946 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3948 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3950 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3952 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3953 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3958 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3962 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3967 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3968 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3969 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3972 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3974 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3975 not get copied into the output file. */
3978 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3979 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3980 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3985 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3986 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3991 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3992 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3993 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3994 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3995 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3996 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3997 make a shared library. */
3999 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4000 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4002 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4003 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4004 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4005 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4007 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4011 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4015 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4017 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4018 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4021 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4022 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4026 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4027 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4028 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4029 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4030 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4031 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4033 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4034 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4035 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4037 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4042 unsigned int elfsec
;
4043 unsigned long shlink
;
4045 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4052 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4053 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4054 goto error_free_dyn
;
4055 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4057 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4058 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
4059 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4061 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4063 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4064 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4066 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4067 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4069 goto error_free_dyn
;
4071 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4073 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4075 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4077 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4078 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4079 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4080 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4081 goto error_free_dyn
;
4082 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4083 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4085 goto error_free_dyn
;
4086 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4090 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4094 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4096 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4098 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4100 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4101 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4103 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4104 goto error_free_dyn
;
4105 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4106 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4108 goto error_free_dyn
;
4109 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4113 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4119 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4120 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4122 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4124 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4126 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4127 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4129 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4130 goto error_free_dyn
;
4131 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4132 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4134 goto error_free_dyn
;
4135 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4145 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4147 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4148 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4155 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4156 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4162 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4163 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4168 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4169 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4170 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4171 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4172 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4173 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4175 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4176 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4177 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4178 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4179 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4183 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4184 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4185 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4186 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4187 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4188 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4190 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4192 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4193 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4194 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4195 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4197 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4199 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4200 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4201 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4204 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4205 will need to know it. */
4206 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4208 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4212 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4213 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4214 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4218 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4219 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4222 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4223 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4224 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4225 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4227 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4228 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4230 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4232 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4234 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4235 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4237 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4239 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4244 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4245 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4248 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4249 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4251 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4253 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4256 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4258 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4261 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4262 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4263 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4264 goto error_free_sym
;
4265 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4271 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4272 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4273 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4274 goto error_free_sym
;
4276 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4277 to internal format. */
4278 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4282 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4283 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4284 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4285 goto error_free_sym
;
4286 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4287 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4288 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4289 goto error_free_vers
;
4293 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4294 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4295 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4296 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4301 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4303 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4304 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4306 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4308 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4309 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4310 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4311 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4315 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4316 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4317 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4318 goto error_free_vers
;
4320 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4321 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4322 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4323 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4324 goto error_free_vers
;
4326 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4327 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4328 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4329 goto error_free_vers
;
4331 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4332 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4333 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4334 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4335 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4336 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4337 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4338 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4339 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4340 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4341 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4342 goto error_free_vers
;
4344 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4346 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4347 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4349 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4351 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4352 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4353 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4354 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4356 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4357 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4364 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4365 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4367 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4371 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4374 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4376 bfd_boolean definition
;
4377 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4378 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4379 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4380 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4381 bfd_boolean override
;
4383 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4384 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4386 bfd_boolean matched
;
4390 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4392 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4393 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4394 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4396 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4397 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4402 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4406 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4407 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4408 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4413 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4421 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4422 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4426 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4430 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4431 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4432 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4433 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4434 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4436 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4437 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4438 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4439 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4443 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4445 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4446 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4448 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4450 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4452 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4454 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4458 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4461 goto error_free_vers
;
4463 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4464 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4466 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4470 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4472 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4474 goto error_free_vers
;
4478 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4479 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4480 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4482 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4486 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4487 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4488 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4490 goto error_free_vers
;
4494 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4496 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4498 goto error_free_vers
;
4500 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4501 should be skipped for some reason. */
4506 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4509 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4510 goto error_free_vers
;
4513 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4514 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4515 for this executable. */
4516 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4517 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4520 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4521 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4526 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4527 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4534 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4536 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4537 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4542 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4543 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4544 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4549 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4551 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4553 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4554 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4555 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4556 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4557 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4558 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4560 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4561 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4564 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4567 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4569 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4571 else if (vernum
> 1)
4573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4580 /* xgettext:c-format */
4581 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4584 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4585 goto error_free_vers
;
4590 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4591 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4592 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4594 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4597 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4601 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4603 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4605 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4607 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4617 /* xgettext:c-format */
4618 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4619 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4620 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4621 goto error_free_vers
;
4625 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4626 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4627 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4628 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4629 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4632 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4633 if (newname
== NULL
)
4634 goto error_free_vers
;
4635 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4636 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4638 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4639 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4640 default version of the symbol. */
4641 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4642 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4644 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4649 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4650 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4651 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4654 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4655 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4656 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4658 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4659 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4660 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4661 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4663 goto error_free_vers
;
4668 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4670 if (override
&& matched
)
4674 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4675 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4676 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4678 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4681 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4684 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4685 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4686 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4687 goto error_free_vers
;
4689 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4690 && (bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
)
4691 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
4693 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4694 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4695 |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc
;
4696 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
))
4697 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4698 |= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4702 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4705 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4706 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4707 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4709 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4710 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4716 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4720 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4721 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4722 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4724 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4725 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4726 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4727 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4728 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4729 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4730 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4731 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4732 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4733 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4734 definition anyhow. */
4740 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4741 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4742 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4747 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4750 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4751 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4752 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4754 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4755 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4757 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4760 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4762 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4763 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4764 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4765 object and a shared object. */
4766 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4768 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4769 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4770 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4777 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4778 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4790 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4791 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4792 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4793 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4803 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4808 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4811 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4812 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4813 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4817 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4821 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4822 the default name. */
4824 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4825 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4826 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4827 goto error_free_vers
;
4829 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4830 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4831 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4832 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4833 alignment is maintained. */
4834 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4835 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4837 unsigned int common_align
;
4838 unsigned int normal_align
;
4839 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4843 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4844 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4846 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4847 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4848 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4849 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4851 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4852 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4853 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4856 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4860 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4861 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4866 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4868 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4871 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4873 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4874 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4876 /* xgettext:c-format */
4877 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4878 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4879 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4880 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4883 /* xgettext:c-format */
4884 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4885 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4886 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4887 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4891 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4892 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4893 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4894 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4897 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4898 && ! size_change_ok
)
4900 /* xgettext:c-format */
4901 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4902 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4903 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4904 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4906 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4909 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4910 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4911 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4912 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4913 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4915 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4916 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4918 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4919 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4920 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4921 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4923 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4925 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4927 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4928 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4931 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4933 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4934 /* xgettext:c-format */
4936 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4937 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4938 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4944 /* Merge st_other field. */
4945 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4947 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4949 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4950 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4953 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4954 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4959 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4960 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4963 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4965 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4966 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4968 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4969 aliases can be checked. */
4972 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4973 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4975 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4977 goto error_free_vers
;
4979 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4983 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4986 goto error_free_vers
;
4988 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
4990 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
4991 goto error_free_vers
;
4994 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4995 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4996 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4998 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5002 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5007 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5008 for unmatched symbol. */
5013 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5015 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5016 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5017 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5018 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5019 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5022 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5024 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5025 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5027 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5028 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5029 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5030 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5033 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5036 /* xgettext:c-format */
5037 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5039 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5040 goto error_free_vers
;
5043 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5044 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5047 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5049 goto error_free_vers
;
5051 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5056 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5057 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5058 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5064 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5069 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5070 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5071 the correct symbol resolution. */
5073 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5074 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5076 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5077 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5079 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5080 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5081 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5082 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5083 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5084 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5085 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5088 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5091 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5092 goto error_free_vers
;
5094 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5095 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5096 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5098 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5101 /* Skip local symbols. */
5102 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5105 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5107 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5110 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5111 free (internal_relocs
);
5115 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5121 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5127 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5131 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5132 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5133 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5134 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5135 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5136 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5137 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5138 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5139 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5140 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5141 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5144 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5146 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5149 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5150 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5152 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5154 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5155 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5156 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5158 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5159 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5160 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5162 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5164 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5165 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5170 alignment_power
= 0;
5172 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5173 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5174 in the second pass. */
5175 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5176 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5177 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5178 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5179 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5181 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5182 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5183 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5185 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5187 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5188 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5189 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5190 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5192 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5196 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5197 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5198 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5199 goto error_free_vers
;
5202 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5204 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5205 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5209 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5211 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5212 goto error_free_vers
;
5217 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5218 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5219 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5220 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5224 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5227 char *shortname
, *p
;
5229 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5231 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5232 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5235 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5236 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5238 goto error_free_vers
;
5239 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5240 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5242 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5243 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5244 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5246 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5247 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5248 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5250 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5251 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5252 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5253 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5254 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5256 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5257 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5259 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5265 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5266 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5269 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5270 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5271 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5272 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5273 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5274 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5275 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5276 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5277 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5278 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5279 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5280 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5290 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5291 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5292 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5294 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5295 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5296 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5298 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5299 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5300 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5302 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5306 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5307 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5315 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5316 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5319 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5324 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5327 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5328 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5330 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5331 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5334 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5335 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5341 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5343 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5344 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5351 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5361 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5365 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5366 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5367 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5368 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5371 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5372 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5373 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5377 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5378 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5379 the largest size. */
5382 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5384 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5385 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5386 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5388 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5393 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5395 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5396 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5400 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5401 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5403 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5405 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5408 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5413 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5414 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5415 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5416 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5417 real definition and the weak definition. */
5418 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5420 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5421 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5428 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5431 if (bed
->check_directives
5432 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5435 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5436 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5438 && ! info
->traditional_format
5439 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5440 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5444 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5445 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5447 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5450 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5451 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5452 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5453 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5454 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5455 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5457 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5459 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5460 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5461 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5464 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5465 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5470 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5472 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5473 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5475 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5479 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5486 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5488 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5490 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5491 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5492 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5495 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5501 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5502 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5505 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5506 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5513 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5517 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5518 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5519 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5520 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5522 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5523 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5526 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5527 len
= strlen (name
);
5528 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5530 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5532 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5533 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5534 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5536 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5539 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5541 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5542 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5543 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5546 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5550 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5551 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5552 handle versioned symbols.
5554 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5555 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5556 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5557 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5560 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5561 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5564 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5567 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5573 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5575 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5577 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5578 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5580 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5584 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5585 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5586 second and subsequent passes. */
5587 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5591 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5592 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5593 if (included
== NULL
)
5596 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5597 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5598 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5611 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5612 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5614 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5621 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5627 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5628 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5634 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5636 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5637 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5638 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5639 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5642 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5643 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5644 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5645 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5646 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5648 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5651 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5653 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5654 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5659 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5660 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5661 if (element
== NULL
)
5664 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5667 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5669 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5670 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5672 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5675 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5676 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5677 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5678 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5679 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5680 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5681 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5682 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5685 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5686 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5690 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5695 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5697 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5698 on through the loop. */
5699 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5709 if (included
!= NULL
)
5714 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5718 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5720 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5723 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5725 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5727 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5732 struct hash_codes_info
5734 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5738 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5739 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5742 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5744 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5749 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5750 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5753 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5754 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5756 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5759 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5765 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5766 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5771 /* Compute the hash value. */
5772 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5774 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5775 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5777 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5779 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5787 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5790 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5791 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5792 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5793 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5794 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5795 unsigned long int *indx
;
5796 unsigned long int *counts
;
5799 long int min_dynindx
;
5800 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5801 unsigned long int symindx
;
5802 long int local_indx
;
5803 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5804 unsigned long int mask
;
5808 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5809 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5812 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5814 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5819 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5820 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5823 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5824 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5827 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5828 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5830 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5833 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5839 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5840 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5845 /* Compute the hash value. */
5846 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5848 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5849 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5850 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5851 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5853 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5854 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5862 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5863 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5866 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5868 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5869 unsigned long int bucket
;
5870 unsigned long int val
;
5872 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5873 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5876 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5877 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5879 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5880 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5884 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5885 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5886 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5887 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5889 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5890 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5891 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5892 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5894 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5895 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5896 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5897 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5901 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5904 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5906 return !(h
->forced_local
5907 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5908 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5909 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5910 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5911 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5914 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5915 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5916 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5917 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5918 than 32771 buckets. */
5920 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5922 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5926 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5927 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5928 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5929 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5930 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5931 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5932 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5933 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5935 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5936 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5937 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5940 size_t best_size
= 0;
5941 unsigned long int i
;
5943 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5944 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5945 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5946 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5951 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5952 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5953 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5954 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5955 unsigned long int *counts
;
5957 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5959 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5960 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5962 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5965 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5970 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5974 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5975 since the size could be large. */
5977 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5978 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5982 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5983 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5985 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5987 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5988 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5989 unsigned long int j
;
5990 unsigned long int fact
;
5992 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5995 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5997 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5998 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5999 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6001 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6002 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6003 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6004 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6005 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6006 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6007 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6010 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6012 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6015 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6016 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6017 over a few long chains). */
6018 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6019 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6021 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6022 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6025 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6026 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6027 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6028 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6029 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6031 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6032 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6033 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6037 /* Compare with current best results. */
6038 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6042 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6044 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6045 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6046 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6053 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6055 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6056 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6057 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6058 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6060 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6061 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6064 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6071 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6074 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6079 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6080 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6081 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6082 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6083 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6088 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6089 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6090 undefined it is initialized. */
6093 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6094 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6095 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6096 bfd_vma default_size
)
6098 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6100 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6102 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6103 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6104 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6105 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6107 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6109 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6110 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6111 if (info
->stacksize
)
6112 /* xgettext:c-format */
6113 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6114 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6115 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6116 /* xgettext:c-format */
6117 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6118 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6120 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6123 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6124 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6125 size, set it now. */
6126 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6128 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6129 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6130 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6132 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6134 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6135 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6136 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6137 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6138 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6141 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6143 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6149 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6151 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6153 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6154 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6159 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6162 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6163 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6164 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6165 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6166 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6167 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6169 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6171 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6172 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6175 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6181 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6182 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6183 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6184 addresses of the various sections. */
6187 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6190 const char *filter_shlib
,
6192 const char *depaudit
,
6193 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6195 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6198 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6202 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6205 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6207 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6209 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6210 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6211 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6212 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6216 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6217 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6218 if (info
->export_dynamic
6219 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6221 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6225 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6226 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6234 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6236 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6237 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6241 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6243 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6244 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6245 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6246 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6248 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6249 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6250 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6253 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6255 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6257 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6258 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6260 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6261 if (newname
== NULL
)
6263 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6264 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6266 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6267 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6269 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6270 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6271 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6274 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6275 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6277 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6279 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6280 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6281 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6286 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6287 not defined in a shared object. */
6289 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6290 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6291 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6295 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6296 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6297 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6299 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6300 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6305 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6307 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6308 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6309 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6310 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6311 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6314 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6315 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6316 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6321 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6326 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6327 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6328 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6330 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6331 just linking a regular application. */
6332 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6334 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6335 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6336 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6338 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6339 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6345 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6346 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6347 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6348 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6354 /* Make space for the base version. */
6355 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6356 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6359 /* Make space for the default version. */
6360 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6362 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6366 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6368 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6370 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6374 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6375 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6378 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6379 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6383 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6384 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6387 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6391 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6392 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6395 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6397 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6398 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6402 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6403 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6404 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6407 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6409 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6411 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6412 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6419 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6420 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6421 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6423 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6425 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6427 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6429 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6430 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6431 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6432 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6434 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6436 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6437 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6439 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6441 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6444 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6445 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6447 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6450 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6451 aux block, but different flags. */
6454 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6456 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6457 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6460 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6461 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6462 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6464 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6465 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6466 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6468 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6471 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6473 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6478 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6481 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6483 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6484 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6486 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6488 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6491 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6492 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6494 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6497 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6499 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6500 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6502 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6503 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6504 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6505 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6506 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6509 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6510 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6511 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6512 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6514 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6515 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6516 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6518 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6519 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6520 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6522 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6523 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6525 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6526 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6527 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6528 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6530 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6531 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6532 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6534 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6536 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6538 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6540 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6544 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6545 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6548 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6549 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6551 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6553 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6554 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6555 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6559 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6563 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6565 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6567 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6569 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6570 dynamic symbol table. */
6571 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6572 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6573 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6577 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6580 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6582 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6584 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6585 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6588 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6589 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6591 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6593 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6594 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6599 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6600 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6603 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6608 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6611 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6613 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6615 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6617 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6619 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6620 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6624 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6625 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6629 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6631 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6634 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6638 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6641 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6643 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6644 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6645 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6646 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6648 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6651 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6652 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6655 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6656 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6658 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6659 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6660 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6662 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6664 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6665 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6666 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6667 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6670 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6673 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6675 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6676 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6677 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6681 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6685 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6686 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6687 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6688 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6689 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6690 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6692 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6693 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6696 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6697 we're dynamic or not. */
6698 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6699 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6702 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6703 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6704 if (info
->execstack
)
6705 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6706 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6707 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6711 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6714 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6716 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6721 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6723 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6724 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6727 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6730 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6734 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6737 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6738 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6739 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6740 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6741 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6744 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6746 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6747 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6751 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6752 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6756 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6758 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6766 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6768 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6771 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6772 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6776 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6780 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6781 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6782 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6783 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6787 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6789 const char * const *p
;
6791 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6795 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6797 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6798 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6807 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6809 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6810 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6814 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6818 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6820 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6821 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6828 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6829 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6830 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6831 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6836 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6837 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6838 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6840 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6841 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6842 h
= (info
->init_function
6843 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6844 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6851 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6854 h
= (info
->fini_function
6855 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6856 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6863 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6867 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6868 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6870 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6871 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6876 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6877 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6878 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6879 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6880 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6881 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6882 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6885 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6890 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6894 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6895 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6898 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6899 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6901 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6902 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6905 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6906 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6908 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6909 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6913 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6914 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6915 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6916 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6917 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6918 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6920 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6922 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6923 if ((info
->emit_hash
6924 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6925 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6926 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6927 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6928 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6929 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6930 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6931 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6936 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6939 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6942 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6943 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6946 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6948 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6950 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6952 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6953 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6957 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6959 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6962 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6964 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6970 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6971 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6974 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6978 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6980 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6982 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6983 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6987 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6988 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6989 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
6993 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6994 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7000 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7001 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7003 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7007 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7008 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7009 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7011 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7016 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7017 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7019 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7023 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7024 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7025 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7026 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
7027 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7029 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
7033 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7034 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7035 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7036 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7038 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7042 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
7043 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
7044 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
7048 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7051 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7052 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7054 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7057 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7058 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7060 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7061 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7062 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7063 of the global symbols.
7065 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7066 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7067 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7068 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7069 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7071 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7072 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7073 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7074 §ion_sym_count
);
7076 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7080 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7082 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7084 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7085 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7086 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7087 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7089 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7090 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7091 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7094 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7098 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7099 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7100 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7101 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7102 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7103 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7104 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7105 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7106 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7108 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7109 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7112 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7113 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7114 ++section_sym_count
;
7115 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7117 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7119 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7120 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7121 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7123 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7124 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7126 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7128 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7130 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7131 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7133 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7134 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7135 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7137 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7138 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7140 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7141 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7142 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7149 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7151 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7154 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7157 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7159 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7160 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7161 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7162 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7163 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7164 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7167 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7168 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7169 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7172 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7175 unsigned char *contents
;
7176 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7180 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7182 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7183 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7185 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7186 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7187 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7190 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7191 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7192 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7195 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7196 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7197 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7200 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7205 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7207 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7209 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7213 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7214 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7216 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7218 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7219 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7220 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7221 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7222 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7223 if (contents
== NULL
)
7225 s
->contents
= contents
;
7226 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7228 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7230 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7232 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7234 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7235 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7236 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7238 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7242 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7243 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7247 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7249 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7251 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7252 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7254 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7255 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7257 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7263 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7264 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7265 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7266 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7267 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7268 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7269 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7270 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7272 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7276 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7277 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7278 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7279 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7281 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7282 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7283 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7284 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7286 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7287 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7289 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7290 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7292 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7293 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7294 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7296 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7297 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7298 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7299 if (contents
== NULL
)
7301 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7302 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7306 s
->contents
= contents
;
7307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7311 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7313 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7315 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7322 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7324 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7325 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7326 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7328 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7329 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7331 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7333 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7336 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7337 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7341 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7342 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7344 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7346 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7348 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7349 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7356 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7359 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7362 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7363 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7366 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7369 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7374 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7377 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7378 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7379 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7380 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7381 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7382 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7383 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7384 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7386 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7388 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7389 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7390 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7391 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7393 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7394 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7397 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7398 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7399 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7403 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7405 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7406 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7407 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7410 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7414 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7415 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7420 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7421 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7425 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7427 /* Set local fields. */
7430 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7431 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7432 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7433 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7434 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7435 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7436 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7437 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7444 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7445 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7448 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7452 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7454 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7455 symbol which just became indirect. */
7457 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7458 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7459 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7460 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7461 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7462 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7463 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7465 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7468 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7469 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7470 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7471 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7473 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7474 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7475 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7476 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7479 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7481 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7482 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7483 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7484 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7487 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7489 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7490 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7491 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7492 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7494 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7499 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7501 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7503 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7504 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7506 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7511 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7512 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7514 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7517 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7522 /* Hide a symbol. */
7525 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7526 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7527 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7529 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7532 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7534 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7535 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7536 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7537 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7538 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7542 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7546 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7547 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7549 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7550 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7552 unsigned int entsize
,
7553 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7556 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7558 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7559 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7560 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7561 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7562 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7563 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7565 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7567 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7568 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7573 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7575 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7578 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7579 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7581 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7585 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7586 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7592 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7597 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7600 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7602 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7604 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7605 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7606 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7607 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7608 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7611 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7612 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7613 entry for a dynamic object. */
7616 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7618 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7619 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7620 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7624 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7628 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7629 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7636 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7638 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7639 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7640 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7643 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7644 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7646 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7647 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7648 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7650 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7652 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7655 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7656 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7658 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7659 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7660 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7662 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7664 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7667 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7668 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7669 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7672 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7674 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7675 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7676 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7680 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7681 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7684 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7685 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7688 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7689 unsigned int elfsec
;
7690 unsigned long shlink
;
7691 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7693 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7697 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7698 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7702 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7705 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7708 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7709 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7712 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7714 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7715 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7718 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7719 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7721 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7723 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7725 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7728 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7731 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7732 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7735 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7740 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7761 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7763 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7764 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7765 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7768 struct elf_symbuf_head
7770 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7772 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7780 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7785 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7788 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7790 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7791 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7793 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7797 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7799 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7800 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7801 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7804 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7805 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7807 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7808 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7809 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7810 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7812 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7816 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7817 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7818 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7821 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7822 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7825 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7826 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7827 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7830 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7831 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7832 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7833 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7839 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7840 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7841 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7842 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7843 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7845 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7848 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7849 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7850 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7852 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7853 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7854 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7857 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7858 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7865 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7869 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7870 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7873 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7874 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7875 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7876 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7877 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7878 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7879 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7880 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7881 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7887 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7888 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7889 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7892 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7895 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7896 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7897 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7900 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7901 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7902 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7903 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7904 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7905 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7907 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7913 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7914 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7916 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7918 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7920 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7923 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7924 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7925 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7928 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7930 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7932 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7935 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7936 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7937 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7940 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7942 /* Optimized faster version. */
7944 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7945 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7948 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7953 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7954 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7956 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7960 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7967 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7972 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7973 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7975 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7979 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7985 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7989 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7991 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7992 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7996 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7997 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7999 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8000 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8006 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8007 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8009 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8010 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8015 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8016 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8017 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8018 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8019 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8021 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8022 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8023 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8024 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8025 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8032 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8033 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8034 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8035 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8036 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8039 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8041 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8042 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8043 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8046 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8047 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8048 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8050 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8053 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8055 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8056 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8058 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8060 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8061 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8063 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8064 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8065 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8066 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8067 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8069 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8070 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8071 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8072 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8073 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8091 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8094 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8095 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8099 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8100 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8103 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8106 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8108 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8110 struct elf_final_link_info
8112 /* General link information. */
8113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8116 /* Symbol string table. */
8117 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8118 /* .hash section. */
8120 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8121 asection
*symver_sec
;
8122 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8124 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8125 void *external_relocs
;
8126 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8127 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8128 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8130 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8131 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8132 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8133 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8135 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8136 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8137 of any input BFD. */
8139 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8140 symbol of any input BFD. */
8141 asection
**sections
;
8142 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8143 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8144 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8145 size_t filesym_count
;
8148 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8150 struct elf_outext_info
8153 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8154 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8155 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8159 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8161 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8162 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8163 relocations themselves.
8165 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8166 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8167 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8168 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8170 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8171 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8172 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8173 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8176 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8177 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8180 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8181 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8185 <binary-operator> := as in C
8186 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8189 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8190 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8196 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8197 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8199 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8201 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8203 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8204 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8206 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8207 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8208 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8209 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8212 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8216 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8217 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8219 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8220 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8221 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8222 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8223 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8224 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8225 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8226 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8230 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8232 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8234 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8237 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8238 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8239 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8240 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8243 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8245 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8249 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8252 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8253 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8256 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8257 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8259 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8261 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8263 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8264 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8266 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8267 (unsigned long) *result
);
8273 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8274 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8275 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8279 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8280 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8282 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8283 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8284 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8286 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8287 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8295 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8296 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8297 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8300 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8308 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8309 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8311 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8315 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8316 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8317 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8319 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8320 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8323 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8325 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8327 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8331 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8339 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8341 /* xgettext:c-format */
8342 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8347 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8350 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8361 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8363 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8368 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8383 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8387 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8391 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8392 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8394 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8396 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8400 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8401 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8402 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8404 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8405 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8406 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8407 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8409 if (symbol_is_section
)
8411 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8412 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8413 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8415 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8421 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8422 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8423 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8426 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8433 /* All that remains are operators. */
8435 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8436 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8438 sym += strlen (#op); \
8442 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8443 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8446 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8452 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8453 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8455 sym += strlen (#op); \
8459 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8460 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8463 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8464 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8467 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8497 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8498 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8504 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8505 unsigned long chunksz
,
8510 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8512 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8517 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8521 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8525 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8526 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8532 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8533 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8546 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8547 unsigned long chunksz
,
8554 /* Sanity checks. */
8555 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8558 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8559 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8560 && location
!= NULL
);
8562 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8564 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8566 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8567 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8568 of the loop below. */
8572 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8574 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8579 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8582 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8585 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8589 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8600 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8601 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8602 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8603 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8604 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8605 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8606 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8607 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8608 unsigned long encoded
)
8610 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8611 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8612 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8613 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8614 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8615 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8616 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8617 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8620 bfd_reloc_status_type
8621 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8622 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8624 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8627 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8628 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8629 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8631 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8632 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8633 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8634 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8635 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8637 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8638 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8639 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8641 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8644 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8646 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8648 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8649 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8652 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8653 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8654 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8655 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8656 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8657 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8658 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8663 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8664 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8665 ? complain_overflow_signed
8666 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8667 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8671 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8674 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8675 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8676 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8677 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8678 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8679 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8681 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8682 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8686 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8687 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8688 know the value is aligned. */
8691 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8698 const union aligned32
*a
8699 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8701 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8702 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8703 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8704 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8709 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8716 const union aligned32
*a
8717 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8719 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8720 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8721 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8722 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8726 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8728 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8735 const union aligned64
*a
8736 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8738 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8739 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8740 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8741 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8742 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8743 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8744 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8745 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8750 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8757 const union aligned64
*a
8758 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8760 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8761 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8762 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8763 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8764 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8765 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8766 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8767 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8772 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8773 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8774 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8778 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8780 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8782 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8785 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8787 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8788 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8789 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8791 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8792 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8794 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8796 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8797 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8799 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8801 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8802 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8807 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8810 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8817 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8821 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8822 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8824 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8827 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8830 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8831 && info
->gc_sections
8832 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8834 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8835 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8837 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8838 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8840 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8843 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8845 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8846 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8847 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8848 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8849 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8852 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8853 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8855 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8857 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8860 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8861 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8863 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8865 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8866 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8867 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8868 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8874 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8875 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8876 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8877 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8878 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8884 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8885 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8886 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8887 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8888 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8889 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8892 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8893 speeding the main loop below. */
8894 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8895 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8897 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8906 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8907 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8908 have the same r_offset. */
8909 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8910 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8911 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8912 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8915 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8917 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8918 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8919 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8921 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8926 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8927 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8928 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8929 called. See pr17666. */
8930 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8931 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8932 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8933 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8934 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8935 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8936 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8937 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8941 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8945 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8947 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8948 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8949 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8953 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8954 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8955 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8957 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8960 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8961 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8962 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8968 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8974 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8975 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8976 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8980 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8982 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8983 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8984 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8986 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8987 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8989 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8991 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8993 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8995 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8997 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8999 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9005 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9007 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9008 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9010 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9012 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9014 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9016 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9018 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9020 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9026 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9028 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9031 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9032 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9033 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9034 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9036 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9037 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9038 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9039 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9040 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9042 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9044 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9045 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9046 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9047 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9048 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9050 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9052 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9053 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9056 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9057 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9058 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9059 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9061 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9063 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9065 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9066 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9067 It is of no help to us. */
9071 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9072 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9074 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9075 "they are in more than one size"),
9077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9083 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9087 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9089 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9090 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9092 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9093 "they are in more than one size"),
9095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9101 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9106 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9107 something is wrong. */
9108 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9109 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9110 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9115 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9116 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9118 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9120 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9122 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9123 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9124 It is of no help to us. */
9128 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9129 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9131 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9132 "they are in more than one size"),
9134 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9140 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9144 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9146 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9147 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9149 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9150 "they are in more than one size"),
9152 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9158 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9163 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9164 something is wrong. */
9165 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9166 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9167 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9172 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9176 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9178 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9185 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9186 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9187 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9188 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9192 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9193 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9194 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9195 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9199 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9200 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9201 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9203 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9206 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9207 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9209 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9212 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9216 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9217 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9221 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9222 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9224 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9226 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9227 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9229 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9230 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9232 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9234 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9235 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9236 relocs in this case. */
9241 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9242 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9244 while (erel
< erelend
)
9246 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9248 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9249 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9250 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9256 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9258 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9260 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9261 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9267 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9268 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9270 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9271 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9273 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9276 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9278 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9279 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9281 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9282 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9283 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9284 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9286 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9288 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9289 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9290 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9291 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9292 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9293 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9299 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9302 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9307 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9308 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9310 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9311 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9314 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9315 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9316 while (erel
< erelend
)
9318 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9319 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9326 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9330 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9333 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9336 asection
*input_sec
,
9337 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9339 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9340 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9342 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9344 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9346 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9348 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9349 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9350 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9352 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9359 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9360 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9363 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9364 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9366 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9368 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9372 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9373 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9374 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9376 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9377 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9378 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9380 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9382 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9385 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9386 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9387 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9388 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9389 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9391 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9392 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9397 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9401 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9403 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9408 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9412 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9415 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9417 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9419 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9420 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9424 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9426 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9427 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9428 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9429 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9436 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9438 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9439 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9440 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9443 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9444 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9445 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9446 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9447 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9448 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9449 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9450 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9453 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9454 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9455 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9456 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9457 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9459 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9467 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9468 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9473 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9476 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9478 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9479 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9481 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9484 /* xgettext:c-format */
9485 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9486 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9487 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9493 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9494 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9495 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9496 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9497 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9500 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9505 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9507 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9510 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9511 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9512 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9514 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9520 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9521 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9522 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9524 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9525 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9529 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9530 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9531 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9534 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9535 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9538 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9540 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9542 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9545 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9550 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9551 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9553 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9554 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9556 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9558 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9560 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9561 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9564 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9566 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9567 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9569 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9574 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9575 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9578 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9581 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9583 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9586 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9587 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9588 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9589 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9592 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9593 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9594 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9602 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9603 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9604 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9607 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9608 unsigned short version_index
;
9610 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9611 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9614 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9617 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9620 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9622 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9624 && h
->forced_local
))
9626 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9627 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9628 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9633 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9634 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9636 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9650 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9653 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9655 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9656 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9658 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9662 case elf_stt_common
:
9665 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9672 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9673 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9674 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9675 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9676 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9680 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9682 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9683 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9684 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9686 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9687 asection
*input_sec
;
9688 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9693 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9695 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9696 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9700 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9701 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9703 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9708 if (h
->forced_local
)
9712 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9714 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9716 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9717 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9718 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9719 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9721 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9723 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9724 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9725 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9726 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9728 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9731 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9732 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9733 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9734 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9735 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9736 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9738 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9740 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9745 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9746 shared libraries. */
9747 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9752 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9753 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9759 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9760 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9761 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9763 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9764 /* xgettext:c-format */
9765 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9766 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9767 /* xgettext:c-format */
9768 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9770 /* xgettext:c-format */
9771 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9772 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9773 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9774 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9775 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9776 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9777 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9778 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9782 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9783 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9784 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9789 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9791 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9795 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9797 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9798 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9799 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9801 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9802 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9803 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9804 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9805 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9806 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9807 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9809 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9810 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9811 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9812 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9817 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9818 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9819 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9820 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9823 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9824 && !h
->forced_local
)
9828 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9829 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9830 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9833 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9834 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9838 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9839 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9840 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9841 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9844 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9845 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9847 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9848 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9851 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9852 input_sec
->output_section
);
9853 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9856 /* xgettext:c-format */
9857 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9858 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9859 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9860 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9864 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9865 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9867 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9868 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9870 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9871 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9873 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9874 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9875 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9881 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9882 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9883 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9884 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9889 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9890 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9891 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9892 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9895 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9896 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9897 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9898 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9899 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9900 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9901 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9905 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9906 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9908 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9909 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9911 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9912 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9913 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9914 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9918 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9919 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9925 if (h
->forced_local
)
9927 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9928 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9929 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9931 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9932 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9933 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9934 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9935 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9936 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9938 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9939 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9941 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9942 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9943 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9944 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9945 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9946 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9948 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9949 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9951 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9952 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9953 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9954 || !h
->forced_local
)
9955 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9957 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9958 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9960 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9965 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9966 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9967 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9968 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9969 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9970 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9971 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9973 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9974 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9977 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9979 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9980 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9983 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9984 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9986 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9987 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9990 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9991 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9992 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9993 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9994 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9999 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10000 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10001 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10002 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10003 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10004 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10005 && !h
->def_regular
)
10009 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10010 /* xgettext:c-format */
10011 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10012 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10013 /* xgettext:c-format */
10014 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10016 /* xgettext:c-format */
10017 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10018 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10020 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10024 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10025 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10026 the entry in the .hash section. */
10027 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10028 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10029 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10030 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10034 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10035 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10036 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10037 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10038 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10039 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10041 || !h
->def_regular
))
10043 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10045 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10048 /* xgettext:c-format */
10049 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10050 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10051 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10056 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10057 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10058 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10059 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10061 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10064 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10066 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10068 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10069 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10071 size_t bucketcount
;
10074 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10075 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10078 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10079 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10080 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10081 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10082 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10084 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10085 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10086 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10089 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10091 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10092 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10094 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10096 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10097 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10098 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10099 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10101 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10105 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10106 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10108 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10109 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10113 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10114 defined locally. */
10115 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10116 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10118 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10119 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10120 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10124 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10125 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10126 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10127 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10129 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10130 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10131 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10134 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10138 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10141 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10142 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10143 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10144 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10145 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10146 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10147 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10148 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10149 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10150 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10152 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10154 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10155 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10156 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10157 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10158 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10161 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10164 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10165 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10169 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10174 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10180 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10181 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10184 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10186 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10188 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10190 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10191 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10192 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10198 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10199 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10200 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10206 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10207 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10208 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10209 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10210 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10211 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10212 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10213 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10216 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10218 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10221 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10224 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10227 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10230 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10233 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10234 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10236 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10237 asection
*s
= first
;
10241 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10244 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10252 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10253 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10257 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10261 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10264 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10265 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10267 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10268 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10270 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10275 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10276 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10277 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10278 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10281 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10283 int (*relocate_section
)
10284 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10285 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10287 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10288 size_t locsymcount
;
10290 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10291 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10292 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10294 asection
**ppsection
;
10296 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10298 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10299 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10301 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10303 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10304 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10305 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10307 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10308 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10310 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10313 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10314 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10316 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10321 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10322 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10325 /* Read the local symbols. */
10326 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10327 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10329 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10330 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10331 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10332 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10333 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10337 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10338 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10339 going into the output file. */
10340 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10341 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10343 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10347 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10353 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10355 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10362 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10363 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10364 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10365 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10366 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10367 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10370 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10373 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10374 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10378 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10379 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10381 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10382 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10388 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10389 output any undefined local symbol. */
10390 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10393 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10395 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10396 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10401 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10403 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10406 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10407 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10408 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10409 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10411 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10414 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10415 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10416 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10417 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10418 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10419 isec
->output_section
))
10422 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10423 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10428 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10429 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10430 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10432 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10433 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10434 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10435 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10436 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10439 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10441 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10442 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10443 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10445 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10446 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10448 if (!have_file_sym
)
10450 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10451 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10452 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10453 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10454 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10455 source file, but the best we can do. */
10456 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10457 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10458 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10459 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10460 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10461 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10462 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10463 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10464 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10471 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10472 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10473 isec
->output_section
);
10474 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10477 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10478 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10479 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10480 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10481 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10482 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10483 these requirements. */
10484 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10485 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10487 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10488 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10490 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10491 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10492 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10496 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10497 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10504 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10506 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10512 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10517 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10518 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10519 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10521 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10523 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10525 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10529 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10530 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10532 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10533 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10534 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10535 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10537 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10538 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10539 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10540 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10543 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10544 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10545 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10546 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10548 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10550 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10552 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10553 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10554 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10558 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10560 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10561 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10562 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10567 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10568 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10573 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10575 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10578 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10580 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10581 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10586 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10590 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10591 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10595 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10596 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10599 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10601 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10606 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10607 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10608 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10609 the routines which work on output files. */
10610 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10612 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10613 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10615 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10617 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10618 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10623 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10624 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10628 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10631 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10632 int action_discarded
;
10635 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10637 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10638 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10639 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10640 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10643 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10644 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10645 if (o
->size
> address_size
10646 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10647 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10648 ".init_array") == 0)
10649 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10650 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10651 ".fini_array") == 0))
10652 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10654 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10655 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10658 /* xgettext:c-format */
10659 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10660 "multiple of address size"),
10662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10665 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10668 action_discarded
= -1;
10669 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10670 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10672 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10673 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10674 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10675 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10676 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10678 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10679 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10680 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10682 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10683 unsigned int s_type
;
10684 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10686 const char *sym_name
;
10688 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10691 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10692 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10693 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10695 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10697 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10698 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10699 we do not seg fault. */
10703 /* xgettext:c-format */
10704 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10705 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10706 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10707 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10711 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10712 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10713 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10717 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10718 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10719 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10720 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10721 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10722 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10723 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10724 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10725 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10726 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10727 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10728 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10729 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10730 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10732 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10733 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10737 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10738 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10739 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10741 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10745 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10747 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10748 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10749 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10753 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10754 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10757 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10758 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10760 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10761 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10762 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10763 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10764 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10765 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10766 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10767 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10768 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10770 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10771 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10774 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10775 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10780 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10782 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10783 discarded section. */
10784 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10786 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10787 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10788 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10789 /* xgettext:c-format */
10790 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10791 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10792 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10794 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10795 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10796 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10797 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10798 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10799 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10800 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10804 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10816 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10818 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10819 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10820 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10821 reloc addend as necessary.
10823 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10824 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10826 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10827 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10828 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10830 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10831 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10832 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10833 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10834 the addend to be adjusted. */
10836 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10837 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10845 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10846 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10848 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10849 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10850 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10851 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10853 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10854 unsigned int next_erel
;
10855 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10856 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10858 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10859 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10860 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10862 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10864 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10865 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10866 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10867 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10868 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10870 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10871 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10872 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10873 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10874 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10875 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10876 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10877 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10878 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10880 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10882 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10884 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10890 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10892 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10893 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10894 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10897 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10900 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10902 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10903 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10904 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10905 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10907 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10909 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10913 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10915 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10916 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10917 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10919 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10921 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10922 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10925 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10926 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10927 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10930 unsigned long indx
;
10932 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10933 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10934 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10935 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10936 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10937 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10938 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10939 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10940 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10941 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10942 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10943 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10945 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10946 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10947 used by a reloc. */
10948 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10955 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10958 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10959 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10960 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10962 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10963 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10964 processor specific section. */
10965 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10966 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10968 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10970 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10975 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10977 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10978 section will be the absolute section. In
10979 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10980 the kept section. relocate_section should
10981 have already handled discarded linkonce
10983 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10984 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10985 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10987 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10988 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10991 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10993 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10994 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10996 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10997 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10999 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11000 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11005 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11006 section winds up in the output section. */
11008 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11012 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11014 unsigned long shlink
;
11019 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11021 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11022 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11026 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11027 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11028 must output it now. */
11029 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11030 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11031 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11035 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11037 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11039 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11042 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11043 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11045 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11046 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11048 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11050 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11051 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
11052 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11057 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11058 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11064 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11069 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11072 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11073 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11076 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11077 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11078 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11080 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11085 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11086 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11087 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11090 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11091 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11093 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11102 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11103 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11104 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11107 /* Section written out. */
11109 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11111 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11112 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11114 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11115 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11118 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11119 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11120 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11123 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11125 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11130 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11132 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11140 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11142 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11143 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11145 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11147 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11149 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11152 todo
-= address_size
;
11153 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11161 offset
+= address_size
;
11165 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11179 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11180 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11181 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11185 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11186 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11187 asection
*output_section
,
11188 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11190 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11194 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11196 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11197 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11198 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11201 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11203 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11206 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11210 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11213 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11214 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11215 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11222 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11223 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11224 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11226 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11227 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11228 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11234 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11235 actually against the section. */
11236 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11237 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11238 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11239 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11241 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11242 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11246 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11247 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11248 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11249 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11250 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11251 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11252 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11254 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11256 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11257 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11264 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11265 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11270 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11272 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11274 bfd_size_type size
;
11275 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11278 const char *sym_name
;
11280 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11281 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11282 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11284 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11291 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11294 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11295 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11296 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11297 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11299 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11300 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11301 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11306 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11308 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11315 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11316 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11318 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11319 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11320 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11322 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11324 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11325 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11326 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11328 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11329 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11331 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11333 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11334 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11335 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11337 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11338 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11342 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11343 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11344 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11353 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11356 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11362 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11363 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11364 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11365 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11367 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11368 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11369 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11370 where elfsec is 0. */
11373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11374 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11375 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11376 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11377 /* xgettext:c-format */
11378 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11383 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11384 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11389 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11390 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11393 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11398 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11399 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11402 return apos
> bpos
;
11406 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11407 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11408 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11409 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11412 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11414 int seen_linkorder
;
11417 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11419 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11421 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11422 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11426 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11428 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11429 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11431 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11433 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11435 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11436 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11437 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11438 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11439 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11440 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11454 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11456 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11458 /* xgettext:c-format */
11459 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11460 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11461 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11462 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11465 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11471 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11474 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11475 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11476 if (sections
== NULL
)
11478 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11480 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11482 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11484 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11485 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11486 compare_link_order
);
11488 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11490 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11492 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11493 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11494 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11495 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11496 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11503 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11504 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11507 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11509 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11513 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11515 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11519 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11521 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11522 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11524 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11527 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11528 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11529 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11530 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11531 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11534 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11535 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11536 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11537 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11538 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11539 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11542 /* Get symbol table size. */
11543 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11547 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11548 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11549 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11553 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11554 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11555 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11558 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11559 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11560 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11563 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11566 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11567 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11573 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11574 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11575 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11576 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11578 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11579 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11580 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11581 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11582 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11583 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11584 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11585 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11588 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11590 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11591 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11592 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11593 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11596 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11607 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11611 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11612 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11613 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11614 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11615 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11616 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11617 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11618 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11619 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11620 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11621 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11622 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11623 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11624 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11625 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11626 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11627 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11628 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11629 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11630 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11631 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11633 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11634 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11635 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11636 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11637 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11641 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11644 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11646 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11647 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11649 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11651 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11653 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11654 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11655 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11656 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11657 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11658 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11661 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11663 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11664 bfd_boolean merged
;
11665 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11666 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11668 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11669 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11670 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11671 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11673 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11676 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11677 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11679 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11680 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11682 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11683 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11685 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11686 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11687 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11688 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11693 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11694 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11698 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11699 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11700 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11701 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11704 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11705 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11706 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11707 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11708 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11709 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11710 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11711 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11712 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11713 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11715 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11716 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11718 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11719 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11721 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11723 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11724 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11726 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11728 asection
*input_section
;
11730 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11732 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11733 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11734 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11735 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11738 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11739 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11740 /* Skip this section later on. */
11741 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11745 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11747 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11749 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11750 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11752 if (remove_section
)
11754 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11755 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11756 abfd
->section_count
--;
11760 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11761 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11762 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11763 max_contents_size
= 0;
11764 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11765 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11767 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11769 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11771 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11772 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11774 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11776 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11777 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11778 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11780 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11781 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11783 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11787 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11789 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11790 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11791 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11792 the linker has decided to not include. */
11793 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11795 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11798 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11799 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11800 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11801 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11803 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11804 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11808 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11810 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11811 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11812 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11814 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11816 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11817 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11819 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11820 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11821 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11823 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11824 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11825 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11826 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11827 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11829 else if (emit_relocs
)
11831 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11832 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11835 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11836 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11839 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11840 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11842 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11844 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11846 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11848 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11849 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11850 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11851 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11853 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11854 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11855 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11856 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11861 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11864 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11865 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11867 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11871 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11872 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11874 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11876 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11877 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11883 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11885 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11889 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11890 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11893 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11894 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11895 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11896 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11899 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11900 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11901 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11902 sections are handled correctly. */
11903 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11904 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11908 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11909 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11911 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11912 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11913 to create a symbol table. */
11914 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11915 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11916 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11919 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11920 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11922 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11923 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11926 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11930 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11934 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11935 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11936 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11937 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11939 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11941 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11942 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11943 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11944 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11945 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11948 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11949 if (contents
== NULL
)
11951 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11955 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11956 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11957 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11958 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11959 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11960 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11961 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11962 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11963 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11964 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11965 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11966 /* sh_info is set below. */
11967 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11968 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11970 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11971 max_sym_count
= 20;
11972 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11973 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11974 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11975 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11977 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11979 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11980 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11982 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11984 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11986 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11988 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11989 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11990 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11992 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11994 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11995 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11996 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11997 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11998 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11999 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12000 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12001 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12004 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12005 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12006 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12007 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12008 outputting relocs. */
12010 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12011 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12012 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12013 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12014 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12015 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12017 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12020 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12021 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12022 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12023 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12024 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12031 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12033 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12035 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12036 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12040 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12042 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12043 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12047 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12049 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12050 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12051 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12055 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12057 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12058 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12059 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12062 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12063 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12064 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12067 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12068 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12069 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12072 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12073 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12074 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12078 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12080 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12081 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12082 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12088 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12091 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12092 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12095 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12098 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12100 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12103 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12105 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12107 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12108 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12109 alignment requirements. */
12110 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12111 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12112 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12115 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12116 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12118 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12122 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12125 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12126 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12127 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12128 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12129 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12131 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12132 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12133 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12134 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12135 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12136 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12137 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12138 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12139 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12140 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12141 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12142 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12143 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12145 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12146 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12147 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12149 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12151 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12152 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12153 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12154 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12156 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12158 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12160 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12163 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12164 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12166 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12171 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12173 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12174 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12175 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12176 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12177 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12179 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12181 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12183 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12184 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12185 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12189 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12191 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12192 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12193 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12199 /* xgettext:c-format */
12200 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12201 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12210 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12211 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12213 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12214 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12215 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12217 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12218 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12222 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12223 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12224 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12225 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12226 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12227 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12228 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12229 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12230 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12231 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12232 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12236 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12237 table, do it now. */
12238 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12239 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12241 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12242 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12245 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12246 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12247 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12251 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12252 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12253 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12254 converted to local in a version script. */
12256 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12257 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12260 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12261 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12263 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12264 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12266 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12267 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12269 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12270 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12271 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12277 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12279 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12281 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12287 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12290 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12291 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12292 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12293 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12295 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12296 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12297 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12301 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12302 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12304 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12305 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12310 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12311 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12312 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12314 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12316 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12321 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12322 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12324 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12326 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12329 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12330 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12335 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12336 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12337 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12338 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12339 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12343 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12344 table, do it now. */
12345 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12346 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12348 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12349 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12350 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12352 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12353 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12354 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12358 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12359 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12361 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12362 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12365 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12366 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12368 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12371 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12373 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12375 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12377 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12379 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12380 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12381 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12382 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12383 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12385 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12388 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12389 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12394 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12395 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12396 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12397 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12398 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12399 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12400 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12401 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12402 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12403 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12404 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12406 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12408 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12410 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12411 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12415 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12417 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12418 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12422 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12423 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12425 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12428 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12431 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12432 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12433 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12435 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12436 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12439 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12440 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12441 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12444 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12445 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12447 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12448 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12451 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12453 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12454 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12455 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12457 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12458 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12459 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12461 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12464 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12467 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12474 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12476 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12478 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12479 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12482 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12489 name
= info
->init_function
;
12492 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12497 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12499 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12500 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12502 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12503 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12504 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12505 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12506 + o
->output_offset
);
12509 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12510 library and does not apply to this one. */
12511 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12518 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12519 name
= ".preinit_array";
12521 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12522 name
= ".init_array";
12524 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12525 name
= ".fini_array";
12527 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12531 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12536 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12537 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12540 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12541 name
= ".preinit_array";
12543 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12544 name
= ".init_array";
12546 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12547 name
= ".fini_array";
12549 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12556 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12565 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12568 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12571 name
= ".gnu.version";
12573 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12575 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12578 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12581 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12584 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12588 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12595 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12601 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12603 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12605 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12606 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12607 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12609 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12611 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12612 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12616 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12618 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12619 overall reloc count. */
12620 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12622 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12623 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12624 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12625 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12626 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12627 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12628 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12629 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12630 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12631 No PLT relocs applied. */
12634 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12635 it from DT_RELA. */
12636 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12637 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12638 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12641 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12642 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12644 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12647 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12651 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12652 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12654 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12657 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12658 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12659 || info
->error_textrel
)
12660 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12662 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12664 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12665 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12666 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12668 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12670 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12672 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12674 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12675 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12676 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12678 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12679 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12685 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12687 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12689 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12691 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12693 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12694 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12697 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12699 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12701 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12703 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12705 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12706 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12712 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12716 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12717 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12718 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12724 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12726 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12728 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12729 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12734 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12735 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12737 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12741 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12744 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12746 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12750 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12751 if (contents
== NULL
)
12752 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12753 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12754 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12761 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12765 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12768 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12772 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12774 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12775 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12777 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12778 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12779 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12780 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12782 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12783 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12787 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12788 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12791 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12792 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12794 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12796 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12797 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12799 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12800 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12802 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12804 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12807 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12808 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12813 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12816 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12820 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12821 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12822 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12823 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12826 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12827 of input bfd ABFD. */
12830 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12831 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12834 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12836 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12837 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12841 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12842 info
->keep_memory
);
12843 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12845 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12846 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12848 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12852 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12856 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12859 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12860 free (cookie
->rels
);
12863 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12866 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12867 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12870 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12872 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12877 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12882 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12886 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12889 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12890 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12893 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12895 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12898 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12899 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12900 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12901 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12902 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12906 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12908 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12909 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12910 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12912 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12913 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12920 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12925 /* Return the debug definition section. */
12928 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12929 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12930 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12932 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12936 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12937 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12938 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12939 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12940 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12944 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
12945 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
12947 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12954 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12955 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12956 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12959 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12960 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12961 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12962 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12964 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12967 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12968 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12971 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12972 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12974 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12977 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
12981 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12982 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12983 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12985 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12986 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12987 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12988 handling copy relocs. */
12989 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
12990 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
12992 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12994 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12995 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12999 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13000 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13005 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13008 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13009 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13012 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13013 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13014 the relocation symbol. */
13017 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13019 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13020 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13023 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13025 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13026 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13028 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13030 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13031 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13033 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13038 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13043 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13044 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13045 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13048 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13050 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13053 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13057 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13058 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13059 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13060 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13063 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13065 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13066 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13067 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13068 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13070 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13072 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13076 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13077 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13082 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13086 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13088 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13090 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13094 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13095 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13097 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13101 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13102 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13103 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13109 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13112 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13114 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13116 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13119 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13120 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13122 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13123 and special section. */
13124 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13127 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13128 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13130 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13131 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13133 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13135 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13137 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13138 keep all sections in this group. */
13139 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13144 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13146 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13150 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13153 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13154 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13158 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13161 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13162 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13163 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13165 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13167 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13168 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13171 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13172 see if any other section is already marked,
13173 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13174 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13175 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13177 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13179 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13180 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13181 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13184 if (!debug_frag_seen
13185 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13186 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13187 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13190 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13191 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13195 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13196 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13197 just debug sections or special sections. */
13198 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13200 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13201 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13202 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13203 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13204 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13206 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13207 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13210 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13211 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13212 are associated with that code section. */
13213 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13214 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13215 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13216 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13221 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13223 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13224 section containing the name of the code section as
13225 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13226 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13227 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13231 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13232 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13235 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13238 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13239 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13244 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13245 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13246 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13248 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13249 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13250 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13257 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13262 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13266 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13267 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13268 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13271 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13274 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13276 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13277 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13278 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13280 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13282 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13283 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13289 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13290 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13293 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13294 to remove a section from the output. */
13295 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13297 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13298 /* xgettext:c-format */
13299 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13307 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13308 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13311 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13313 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13315 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13316 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13319 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13320 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13323 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13324 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13327 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13328 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13330 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13332 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13334 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13335 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13340 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13342 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13343 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13345 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13349 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13352 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13353 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13368 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13371 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13372 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13374 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13376 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13377 well as those that are not loaded. */
13379 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13380 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13383 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13384 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13386 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13387 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13388 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13390 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13392 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13393 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13394 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13396 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13398 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13399 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13401 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13402 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13403 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13405 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13406 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13409 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13410 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13416 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13417 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13421 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13423 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13424 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13426 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13427 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13428 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13429 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13430 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13431 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13432 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13433 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13434 || info
->export_dynamic
13437 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13438 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13439 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13440 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13441 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13446 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13447 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13450 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13452 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13454 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13456 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13458 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13459 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13462 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13463 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13464 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13465 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13466 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13471 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13472 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13474 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13476 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13479 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13481 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13483 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13484 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13487 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13490 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13492 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13493 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13495 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13496 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13503 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13506 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13508 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13510 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13512 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13514 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13515 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13517 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13521 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13522 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13524 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13525 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13526 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13527 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13528 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13531 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13533 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13534 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13536 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13537 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13539 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13540 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13541 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13542 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13543 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13544 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13548 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13549 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13553 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13554 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13558 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13559 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13560 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13562 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13563 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13564 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13568 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13569 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13570 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13574 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13577 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13578 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13579 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13580 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13581 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13583 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13584 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13585 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13586 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13587 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13588 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13590 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13591 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13592 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13593 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13595 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13600 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13601 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13603 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13604 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13607 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13610 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13612 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13615 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13617 size_t extsymcount
;
13618 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13620 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13621 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13623 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13624 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13625 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13627 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13628 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13630 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13631 offset as the relocation. */
13632 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13634 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13635 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13636 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13637 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13638 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13642 /* xgettext:c-format */
13643 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13644 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13645 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13649 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13651 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13652 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13653 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13658 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13659 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13660 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13661 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13663 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13666 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13671 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13674 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13675 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13679 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13680 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13684 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13685 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13690 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13692 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13693 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13695 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13697 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13698 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13699 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13703 if (addend
>= size
)
13705 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13706 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13707 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13710 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13712 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13713 consolidation pass. */
13714 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13718 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13724 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13725 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13726 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13730 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13735 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13736 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13737 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13740 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13745 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13749 flagword flag_value
;
13750 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13752 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13754 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13755 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13756 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13757 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13758 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13759 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13760 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13761 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13762 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13763 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13764 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13765 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13768 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13770 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13771 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13774 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13776 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13778 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13779 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13780 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13782 int without_hex
= 0;
13784 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13787 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13789 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13790 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13792 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13796 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13797 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13798 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13799 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13804 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13806 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13808 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13809 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13810 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13811 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13818 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13819 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13823 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13824 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13825 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13828 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13831 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13837 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13839 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13842 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13843 to real got offsets. */
13846 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13848 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13849 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13850 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13852 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13854 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13855 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13858 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13863 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13864 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13867 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13868 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13871 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13873 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13875 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13877 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13880 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13881 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13882 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13885 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13887 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13888 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13890 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13891 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13892 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13894 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13897 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13901 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13902 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13903 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13905 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13907 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13909 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13911 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13912 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13915 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13919 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13920 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13921 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13922 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13923 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13924 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13929 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13930 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13933 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13935 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13938 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13939 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13943 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13945 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13947 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13948 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13950 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13952 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13954 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13955 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13957 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13960 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13961 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13964 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13965 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13967 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13969 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13971 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13972 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13973 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13975 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13976 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13977 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13978 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13979 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13984 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13985 but it could be a relocation against a local
13986 symbol for a discarded section. */
13988 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13990 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13991 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13992 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13994 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13995 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14003 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14004 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14005 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14006 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14009 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14011 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14016 if (info
->traditional_format
14017 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14020 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14025 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14028 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14029 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14033 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14036 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14039 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14040 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14041 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14045 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14050 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14051 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14055 int eh_changed
= 0;
14056 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14058 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14064 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14067 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14070 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14071 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14072 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14076 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14080 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14083 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14084 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14085 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14086 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14088 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14089 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14091 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14094 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14095 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14096 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14097 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14099 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14104 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14105 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14113 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14114 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14117 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14122 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14124 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14125 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14128 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14130 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14132 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14135 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14138 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14142 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14143 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14145 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14146 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14147 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14154 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14156 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14159 const char *name
, *key
;
14160 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14161 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14163 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14166 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14168 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14169 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14170 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14173 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14174 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14175 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14178 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14180 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14181 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14182 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14183 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14186 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14187 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14188 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14191 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14192 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14193 single member groups. */
14197 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14199 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14201 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14202 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14203 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14204 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14205 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14206 type of section. */
14207 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14208 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14209 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14210 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14212 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14213 issue a warning. */
14214 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14217 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14219 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14220 asection
*s
= first
;
14224 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14225 /* Record which group discards it. */
14226 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14227 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14228 /* These lists are circular. */
14238 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14239 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14240 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14242 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14244 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14245 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14246 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14247 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14248 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14250 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14251 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14252 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14257 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14258 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14259 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14261 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14264 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14265 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14267 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14268 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14273 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14274 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14275 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14276 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14277 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14278 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14279 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14280 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14281 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14282 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14283 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14285 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14286 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14287 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14288 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14290 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14291 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14295 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14296 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14297 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14298 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14302 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14304 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14308 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14314 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14316 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14320 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14321 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14322 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14323 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14324 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14326 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14327 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14330 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14332 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14334 static const char *
14335 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14337 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14340 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14341 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14343 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14346 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14347 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14352 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14353 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14354 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14358 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14360 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14362 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14364 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14366 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14370 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14372 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14373 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14380 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14381 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14382 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14385 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14386 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14387 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14388 string table associated with ABFD. */
14391 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14393 unsigned int alignment
,
14395 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14397 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14399 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14401 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14406 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14408 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14410 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14411 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14412 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14413 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14415 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14416 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14418 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14419 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14420 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14421 seen to be a .rela section. */
14422 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14423 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14428 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14434 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14435 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14436 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14437 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14439 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14440 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14441 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14443 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14447 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14448 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14450 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14451 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14454 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14457 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14460 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14461 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14462 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14465 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14468 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14470 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14471 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14472 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14473 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14476 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14478 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14479 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14480 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14484 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14485 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14487 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14488 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14489 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14491 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14492 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14493 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14494 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14495 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14496 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14498 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14499 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14501 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14503 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14504 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14508 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14509 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14511 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);